blob: f7f41bc7ed0e50b8757800c96976c115c0b95f65 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222/board Board dependent files
223/common Misc architecture independent functions
224/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226/drivers Commonly used device drivers
227/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229/include Header Files
230/lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234/net Networking code
235/post Power On Self Test
236/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239Software Configuration:
240=======================
241
242Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244
245There are two classes of configuration variables:
246
247* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_".
250
251* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260as an example here.
261
262
263Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264---------------------------------------------------
265
266For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270
271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config
273
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200274For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000275e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277
278
279Configuration Options:
280----------------------
281
282Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283such information is kept in a configuration file
284"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285
286Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288
289
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000290Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292build a config tool - later.
293
294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295The following options need to be configured:
296
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500299- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200300
301- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303
304- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310
311- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314
315- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302
318
319- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200322 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000325- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000332
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530333- Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family
337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000341
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200342- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000349
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000350- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000354 See doc/README.MPC866
355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000357
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000364
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600370- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose.
396
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum.
416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000422- Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific.
427
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100428- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200441
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200442- MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000474- ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC.
487
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000488 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000489 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
490 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
491 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
492
493 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
494 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
495 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
496 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
497 set these options unless they apply!
498
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000499- CPU timer options:
500 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
501
502 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
503 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
504 option must be set to 1000.
505
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000506- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000507 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
508
509 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
510 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
511 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
512 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
513 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
514 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
515 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000516 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100517 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000518 default environment.
519
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000520 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
521
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200522 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000523 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
524 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
525
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400526 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200527
528 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400529 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
530 concepts).
531
532 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
533 * New libfdt-based support
534 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500535 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400536
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200537 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
538 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
539 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
540 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200541 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600542 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200543
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200544 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
545 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500546
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600547 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
548
549 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
550 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000551
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500552 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500555 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
556
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200557 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
558
559 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
560 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
561 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
562 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
563 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
564 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
565
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000566 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
567
568 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
569 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
570 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
571 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
572 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
573 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
574 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
575
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100576- vxWorks boot parameters:
577
578 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
579 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
580 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
581
582 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
583 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
584 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
585 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
586
587 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
588
589 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
590
591 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
592 the defaults discussed just above.
593
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000594- Cache Configuration:
595 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
596 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
597 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
598
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000599- Cache Configuration for ARM:
600 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
601 controller
602 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
603 controller register space
604
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000605- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200606 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000607
608 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
609
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200610 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000611
612 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
613
614 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
615
616 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
617 the clock speed of the UARTs.
618
619 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
620
621 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
622 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
623 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
624
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000625 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
626
627 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
628 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
629 this variable to initialize the extra register.
630
631 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
632
633 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
634 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
635 variable to flush the UART at init time.
636
Javier Martinez Canillas7de0fe12013-01-07 01:35:20 +0000637 CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_BROKEN_TEMT
638
639 16550 UART set the Transmitter Empty (TEMT) Bit when all output
640 has finished and the transmitter is totally empty. U-Boot waits
641 for this bit to be set to initialize the serial console. On some
642 broken platforms this bit is not set in SPL making U-Boot to
643 hang while waiting for TEMT. Define this option to avoid it.
644
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000645
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000647 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
648 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
649 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
650 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000651
652 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
653 port routines must be defined elsewhere
654 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
655
656 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
657 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000658 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000659 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
660 (default big endian)
661 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
662 rectangle fill
663 (cf. smiLynxEM)
664 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
665 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
667 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
669 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000670 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
671 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000672 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
674 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
675 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
676 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
677 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_getc)
679 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
680 (requires blink timer
681 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200682 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000683 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
684 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500685 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000686 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
687 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
689 linux_logo.h for logo.
690 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200692 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 the logo
694
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000695 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
696 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
697 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
698
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000699 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
700 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
701 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000703 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
704 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
705 the "silent" environment variable. See
706 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000708- Console Baudrate:
709 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
710 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200711 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
712 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000713
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100714- Console Rx buffer length
715 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
716 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100717 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100718 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
719 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
720 the SMC.
721
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000722- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200723 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
724 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
725 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
726 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
727 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
728 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
729 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200730 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200731 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000732
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
734 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000735
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000736- Safe printf() functions
737 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
738 the printf() functions. These are defined in
739 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
740 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
741 If this option is not given then these functions will
742 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
743 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
744
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000745- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
746 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
747 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000748 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
749 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750
751 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
752 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
753 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
754 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
755 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
756 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
761 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
762 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
763
764- Autoboot Command:
765 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
766 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
767 define a command string that is automatically executed
768 when no character is read on the console interface
769 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
770
771 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000772 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
773 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
774 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000775
776 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000777 The value of these goes into the environment as
778 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
779 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200780 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781
782- Pre-Boot Commands:
783 CONFIG_PREBOOT
784
785 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
786 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
787 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
788 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
789 entering interactive mode.
790
791 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
792 automatically generated or modified. For an example
793 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
794 modified when the user holds down a certain
795 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
796 booting the systems
797
798- Serial Download Echo Mode:
799 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
800 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
801 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
802 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
803 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
804 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
805 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
806
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500807- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
809 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200810 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000811
812- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500813 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
814 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000815 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
816 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 and augmenting with additional #define's
818 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 The default command configuration includes all commands
821 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
825 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
826 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
827 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
828 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
829 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
830 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
833 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
834 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600835 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
836 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
840 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500842 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
843 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600844 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600845 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500846 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000847 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
848 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000851 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
853 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
854 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000855 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
860 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
861 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
862 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000863 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
864 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500865 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500866 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000867 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
869 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
870 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
871 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500872 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
874 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
876 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400877 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
878 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000879 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500880 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000881 loop, loopw
882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
884 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
885 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100886 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
888 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600889 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000890 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
892 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
893 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
894 host
895 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000896 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
898 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
901 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
902 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
903 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
904 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
905 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700906 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100907 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400908 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200909 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000911 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000913 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
914 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919
920 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
921 support you can write:
922
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
924 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400926 Other Commands:
927 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928
929 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000931 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
932 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
933 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
934 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
935 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
936 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000937
938
939 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
940
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000941- Device tree:
942 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
943 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
944 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
945 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
946 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
947 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
948
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000949 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
950 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000951
952 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
953 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
954 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
955 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
956 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
957 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000958
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000959 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
960 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
961 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
962 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
963
964 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
965
966 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
967 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
968 still use the individual files if you need something more
969 exotic.
970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971- Watchdog:
972 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
973 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000974 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
975 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
976 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
977 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
978 available, then no further board specific code should
979 be needed to use it.
980
981 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
982 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
983 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
984 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000986- U-Boot Version:
987 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
988 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
989 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
990 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200991 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
992 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994- Real-Time Clock:
995
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
998 following options:
999
1000 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1001 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001002 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001003 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001004 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001006 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001007 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001008 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001009 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001010 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001011 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1012 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001014 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1015 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1016
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001017- GPIO Support:
1018 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1019 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1020
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001021 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1022 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1023 pins supported by a particular chip.
1024
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001025 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028- Timestamp Support:
1029
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001030 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1031 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1032 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001033 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001034
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001035- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1036 Zero or more of the following:
1037 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1038 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1039 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1040 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1041 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1042 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1043 disk/part_efi.c
1044 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001046 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001049
1050- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001051 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1052 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001053
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001054 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1055 be performed by calling the function
1056 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1057 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
1059- ATAPI Support:
1060 CONFIG_ATAPI
1061
1062 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1063
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001064- LBA48 Support
1065 CONFIG_LBA48
1066
1067 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001068 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001069 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1070 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001072 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001073 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1074 Default is 32bit.
1075
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076- SCSI Support:
1077 At the moment only there is only support for the
1078 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1079 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001081 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1082 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1083 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001084 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1085 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001086 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001087
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001088 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1089 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001092 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001093 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1094
1095 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1096 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1097 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1098 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1099
1100 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1101 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1102 example with the "sspi" command.
1103
1104 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1105 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1106 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001107
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001108 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001109 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001110
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1112 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001113 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001114 write routine for first time initialisation.
1115
1116 CONFIG_TULIP
1117 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1118 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1119 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1120
1121 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1122 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1123
1124 CONFIG_NS8382X
1125 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1126
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001127- NETWORK Support (other):
1128
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001129 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1130 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1131
1132 CONFIG_RMII
1133 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1134
1135 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1136 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1137 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1138
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001139 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1140 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1141
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001142 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001143 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1144
1145 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1146 Define this to hold the physical address
1147 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1148
1149 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1150 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1151
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001152 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001153 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1154
1155 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1156 Define this to hold the physical address
1157 of the device (I/O space)
1158
1159 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1160 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1161
1162 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1163 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1164 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1165
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001166 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1167 Support for davinci emac
1168
1169 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1170 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1171
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001172 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1173 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1174
1175 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1176 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1177 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1178 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1179 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1180 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1181 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1182 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1183
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001184 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001185 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1186
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001187 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001188 Define this to hold the physical address
1189 of the device (I/O space)
1190
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001191 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001192 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1193
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001194 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001195 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1196 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001199 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1200 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1201
1202 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1203 Define the number of ports to be used
1204
1205 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1206 Define the ETH PHY's address
1207
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001208 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1209 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1210
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001211- TPM Support:
1212 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1213 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1214 per system is supported at this time.
1215
1216 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1217 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1218 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1219 0xfed40000.
1220
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001221- USB Support:
1222 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001223 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001224 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1225 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001226 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227 storage devices.
1228 Note:
1229 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1230 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001231 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1232 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1233 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001234 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1235 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001236 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1237 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1238 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001239 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1240 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001242 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1243 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001244
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001245 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1246 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1247
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248- USB Device:
1249 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1250 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1251 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001252 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001253 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1254 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001255 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001256 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1257 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1258 a Linux host by
1259 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1260 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1261 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1262 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001263
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001264 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1265 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001267 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1268 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1269 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001270
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301271 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1272 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1273 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1274 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1275 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1276 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1277 speed.
1278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001279 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001280 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1281 be set to usbtty.
1282
1283 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001284 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001285 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001286 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001288 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001289 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001290 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001291
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001292 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001293 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001294 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001295 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1296 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1297 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1298
1299 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1300 Define this string as the name of your company for
1301 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001302
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001303 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1304 Define this string as the name of your product
1305 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1306
1307 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1308 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1309 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1310 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1311 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001312
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001313 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1314 Define this as the unique Product ID
1315 for your device
1316 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001317
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001318- ULPI Layer Support:
1319 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1320 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1321 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1322 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1323 viewport is supported.
1324 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1325 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001326 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1327 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1328 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001329
1330- MMC Support:
1331 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1332 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1333 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1334 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001335 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1336 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001337
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001338 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1339 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1340
1341 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1342 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1343
1344 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1345 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1346
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001347- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1348 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1349 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1350
1351 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1352 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1353 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1354 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1355 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1356
1357 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1358 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1359
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001360- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1361 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1362 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1363 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001365 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1366 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001367 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1368
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001369 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001370 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1371 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1372
1373 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001374 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001375 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1376 have not defined a custom partition
1377
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001378- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1379 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001380
1381 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1382 file in FAT formatted partition.
1383
1384 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1385 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001386
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001387CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1388 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1389
1390 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1391 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1392 and cbfsload.
1393
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001394- Keyboard Support:
1395 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1396
1397 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1398 support
1399
1400 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1401 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1402 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1403 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1404 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1405
1406- Video support:
1407 CONFIG_VIDEO
1408
1409 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1410 video).
1411
1412 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1413
1414 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1415
1416 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001417 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001418 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1419 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1420 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001421
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001422 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001423 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001424 are possible:
1425 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001426 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001427
1428 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1429 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1430 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1431 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1432 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1433 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1434 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001435 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1436
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001437 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001438 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001439
1440
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001441 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001442 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001443 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1444 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1445
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001446 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001447 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001448 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1449 support, and should also define these other macros:
1450
1451 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1452 CONFIG_VIDEO
1453 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1454 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1455 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1456 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1457 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1458 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1459
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001460 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1461 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1462 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1463 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001464
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001465 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1466
1467 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1468 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1469 driver.
1470
1471
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001472- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001473 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001474
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001475 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1476 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1477 defined in your board-specific files.
1478 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001479
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1481
1482 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1483 display); also select one of the supported displays
1484 by defining one of these:
1485
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001486 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1487
1488 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1489
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001490 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001491
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001492 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001493
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001494 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001495
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001496 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1497 Active, color, single scan.
1498
1499 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1500
1501 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001502 Active, color, single scan.
1503
1504 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1505
1506 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1507 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1508
1509 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1510
1511 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1512 Active, color, single scan.
1513
1514 CONFIG_HLD1045
1515
1516 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1517 Active, color, single scan.
1518
1519 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1520
1521 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1522 or
1523 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1524 or
1525 Hitachi SP14Q002
1526
1527 320x240. Black & white.
1528
1529 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001530 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001532 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1533
1534 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1535 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1536 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1537 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1538 a per-section basis.
1539
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001540 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1541
1542 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1543 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1544 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1545 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001546
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001547 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1548
1549 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1550
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001551 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1552
1553 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1554 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1555
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001556- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001557
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001558 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1559 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1560 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001561 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001562 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1563 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1564 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1565 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001566
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001567 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1568
1569 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1570 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1571 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1572 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1573 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1574 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1575 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1576 there is no need to set this option.
1577
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001578 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1579
1580 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1581 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1582 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1583 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1584 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1585 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1586
1587 Example:
1588 setenv splashpos m,m
1589 => image at center of screen
1590
1591 setenv splashpos 30,20
1592 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1593
1594 setenv splashpos -10,m
1595 => vertically centered image
1596 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1597
Nikita Kiryanov581bb412013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001598 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1599
1600 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1601 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1602 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1603 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1604 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1605
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001606- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1607
1608 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1609 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1610 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1611
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001612- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1613
1614 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1615 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1616 bmp command.
1617
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001618- Do compresssing for memory range:
1619 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1620
1621 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1622 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1623
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001624- Compression support:
1625 CONFIG_BZIP2
1626
1627 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1628 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1629 compressed images are supported.
1630
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001631 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001632 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001633 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001634
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001635 CONFIG_LZMA
1636
1637 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1638 images is included.
1639
1640 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1641 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1642 formula:
1643
1644 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1645
1646 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1647 and Literal pos bits.
1648
1649 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1650 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1651 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1652 a very small buffer.
1653
1654 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1655 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001656 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001657
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001658- MII/PHY support:
1659 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1660
1661 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1662
1663 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1664
1665 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1666
1667 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1668
1669 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001670 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001671
1672 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1673
1674 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1675 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1676 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1677 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1678
1679 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1680
1681 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1682 command issued before MII status register can be read
1683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001684- Ethernet address:
1685 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001686 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001687 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1688 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001689 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1690 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001691
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001692 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1693 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001694 is not determined automatically.
1695
1696- IP address:
1697 CONFIG_IPADDR
1698
1699 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001700 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001701 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001702 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001703
1704- Server IP address:
1705 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1706
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001707 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001708 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001709 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001710
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001711 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1712
1713 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1714 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1715
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001716- Gateway IP address:
1717 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1718
1719 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1720 default router where packets to other networks are
1721 sent to.
1722 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1723
1724- Subnet mask:
1725 CONFIG_NETMASK
1726
1727 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1728 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1729 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1730 forwarded through a router.
1731 (Environment variable "netmask")
1732
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001733- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1734 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1735
1736 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1737 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001738 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001739 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1740 multicast group.
1741
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001742- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1743 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1744
1745 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1746 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1747 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1748 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1749 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1750 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1751 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1752 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001753 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001754
1755 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1756 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1757 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1758 4th and following
1759 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1760
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001761- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001762 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1763 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001764
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001765 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1766 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1767 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1768 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1769 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1770 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1771 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1772 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1773 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1774 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1775 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1776 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001777 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001778
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001779 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1780 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001781
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001782 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1783 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1784 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1785 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1786 is not available.
1787
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001788 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1789 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1790 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1791 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1792 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1793 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1794 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001795 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001796
1797 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1798 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1799 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001800 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001801 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1802 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001803
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001804 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1805
1806 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1807 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1808 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1809 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1810 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1811 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1812 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1813 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1814 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1815 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1816 this delay.
1817
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001818 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1819 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1820 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1821 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1822 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1823
1824 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1825
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001826 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001827 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001828
1829 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1830
1831 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1832
1833 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1834 of the device.
1835
1836 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1837
1838 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1839 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001840 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001841
1842 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1843
1844 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1845 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1846
1847 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1848
1849 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1850
1851 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1852
1853 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1854
1855 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1856
1857 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1858
1859 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1860
1861 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1862 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1863
1864 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1865
1866 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1867
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001868- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1869
1870 Several configurations allow to display the current
1871 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1872 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1873 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1874 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1875 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1876 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1877 feature in U-Boot.
1878
1879- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1880
1881 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1882 on those systems that support this (optional)
1883 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1884
1885- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1886
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001887 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001888 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001889 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001890
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001891 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001892 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001893 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1894 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001895 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001896
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001897 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001898
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001899 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001900 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1901 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001902
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001903 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001904 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001906 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001907 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001908 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001909 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001910
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001911 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001912 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001913 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1914 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1915 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001917 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1918
1919 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1920 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1921 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1922 commands until the slave device responds.
1923
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001924 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001925
1926 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1927 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1928 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001929
1930 I2C_INIT
1931
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001932 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001933 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001934
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001935 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001936
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001937 I2C_PORT
1938
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001939 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1940 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1941 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001942
1943 I2C_ACTIVE
1944
1945 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1946 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1947 define can be null.
1948
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001949 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1950
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001951 I2C_TRISTATE
1952
1953 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1954 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1955 define can be null.
1956
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001957 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1958
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001959 I2C_READ
1960
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001961 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1962 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001964 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1965
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001966 I2C_SDA(bit)
1967
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001968 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1969 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001971 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001972 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001973 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001974
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001975 I2C_SCL(bit)
1976
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001977 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1978 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001980 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001981 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001982 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984 I2C_DELAY
1985
1986 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1987 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001988 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001989 like:
1990
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001991 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001992
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001993 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1994
1995 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1996 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1997 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1998 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1999
2000 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2001 the generic GPIO functions.
2002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002003 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002004
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002005 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2006 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2007 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2008 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2009 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2010 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2011 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2012 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002013
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002014 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2015
2016 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2017 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2018 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2019 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2020 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2021 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2022 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2023 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2024
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002025 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2026
2027 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2028 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2029 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2030
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002031 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2032
2033 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002034 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2035 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002036 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2037
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002038 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002039
2040 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002041 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002042 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2043 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002044
2045 e.g.
2046 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002047 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002048
2049 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2050
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002051 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002052 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002053
2054 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002056 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002057
2058 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2059 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002061 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002062
2063 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2064 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002066 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002067
2068 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2069 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002071 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002072
2073 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2074 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2075 specified DTT device.
2076
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002077 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2078
2079 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002080 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002081
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002082 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2083
2084 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2085 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2086 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2087 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2088 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2089 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2090
2091 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2092 feature!
2093
2094 Example:
2095 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2096 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2097 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2098
2099 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2100
2101 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2102 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2103
2104 => i2c bus
2105 Busses reached over muxes:
2106 Bus ID: 2
2107 reached over Mux(es):
2108 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2109 Bus ID: 3
2110 reached over Mux(es):
2111 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2112 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2113 =>
2114
2115 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002116 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2117 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002118 the channel 4.
2119
2120 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002121 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002122 the 2 muxes.
2123
2124 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2125 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2126 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2127 to add this option to other architectures.
2128
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002129 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2130
2131 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2132 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2133 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2134 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2135 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2136 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2137 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002138
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002139- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2140
2141 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2142 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2143 D/As on the SACSng board)
2144
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002145 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2146
2147 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2148 only SH7757 is supported.
2149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150 CONFIG_SPI_X
2151
2152 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2153 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2154
2155 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2156
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002157 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2158 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2159 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2160 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2161 defined, the board configuration must define several
2162 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2163 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002164
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002165 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2166
2167 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2168 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2169 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002170 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002171 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2172
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002173 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2174
2175 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002176 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002177
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002178- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2179
2180 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2181
2182 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2183
2184 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2185 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2186
2187 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2188
2189 Enables support for FPGA family.
2190 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2191
2192 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002193
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002194 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002196 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002197
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002198 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002200 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002201
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002202 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2203 status by the configuration function. This option
2204 will require a board or device specific function to
2205 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002206
2207 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2208
2209 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2210 configuration driver.
2211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002212 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002213 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002215 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002216
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002217 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2218 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2219 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2220 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002222 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002224 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2225 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2226 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002227 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002229 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002230
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002231 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002232 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002234 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002235
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002236 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002237 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238
2239- Configuration Management:
2240 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2241
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002242 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2243 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244
2245- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2246
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002247 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2248 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002249 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002250 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2251 protects these variables from casual modification by
2252 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2253 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002254 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255
2256 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2257 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002258 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002259 these parameters.
2260
2261 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2262 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002263 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002264 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2265 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2266 read-only.]
2267
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002268 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2269 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2270 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2271 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2272
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273- Protected RAM:
2274 CONFIG_PRAM
2275
2276 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2277 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2278 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2279 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2280 this default value by defining an environment
2281 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2282 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2283 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2284 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2285 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2286 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2287 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2288
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002289 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290 saveenv
2291
2292 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2293 either, which results in a memory region that will
2294 not be affected by reboots.
2295
2296 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2297 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2298 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2299 following board configurations are known to be
2300 "pRAM-clean":
2301
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002302 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2303 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002304 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002305
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002306- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2307 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2308 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2309 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2310 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2311 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2312 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2313
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002314- Error Recovery:
2315 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2316
2317 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2318 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2319 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002320 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2322 useful during development since you can try to debug
2323 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2324
2325 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2326
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002327 This variable defines the number of retries for
2328 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2329 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2330 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002332 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2333
2334 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2335
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002336 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2337
2338 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2339 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2340 try longer timeout such as
2341 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2342
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002344 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002345
2346 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2347
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002348 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2349 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002350
2351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002352 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353
2354 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2355 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2356 powerful command line syntax like
2357 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2358 constructs ("shell scripts").
2359
2360 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2361 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2362
2363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002364 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
2366 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2367 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2368 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2369
2370 Note:
2371
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002372 In the current implementation, the local variables
2373 space and global environment variables space are
2374 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2375 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2376 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2377 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2378 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002380 Global environment variables are those you use
2381 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2382 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2383 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002384
2385 To store commands and special characters in a
2386 variable, please use double quotation marks
2387 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2388 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2389 symbols.
2390
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002391- Commandline Editing and History:
2392 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2393
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002394 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002395 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002396
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002397- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2399
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002400 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2401 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002402 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002403
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002404 For example, place something like this in your
2405 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002406
2407 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2408 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2409 "myvar2=value2\0"
2410
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002411 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2412 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2413 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2414 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002415 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002416 You better know what you are doing here.
2417
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002418 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2419 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002420 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002421 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002422
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002423 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2424
2425 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2426 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2427 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2428
2429 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2430
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2436
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002437 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2438
2439 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2440 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2441 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2442
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002443 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2444
2445 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2446 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2447 that so that the environment is not available until
2448 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2449 this is instead controlled by the value of
2450 /config/load-environment.
2451
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002452- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002453 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2454
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002455 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2456 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2457 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002458
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002459- Serial Flash support
2460 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2461
2462 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2463 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2464
2465 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2466 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2467 commands.
2468
2469 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2470 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2471 flash is present on the system.
2472
2473 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2474 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2475 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2476 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2477
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002478 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2479
2480 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2481 test ('sf test').
2482
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002483- SystemACE Support:
2484 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2485
2486 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2487 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002488 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002489 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002490
2491 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002492 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002493
2494 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2495 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2496
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002497- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2498 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2499
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002500 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002501 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002502 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002503 number generator is used.
2504
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002505 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2506 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2507 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2508
2509 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002510 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2511 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2512 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2513 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2514 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2515 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2516
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002517- Hashing support:
2518 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2519
2520 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2521 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2522
2523 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2524
2525 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2526 size a little.
2527
2528 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2529 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2530
2531 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2532 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2533
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002534- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2536
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002537 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2538 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2539 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2540 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2541 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2542 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002544- Detailed boot stage timing
2545 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2546 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2547 of the boot process.
2548
2549 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2550 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2551 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2552 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2553 the limit, recording will stop.
2554
2555 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2556 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2557
2558 Timer summary in microseconds:
2559 Mark Elapsed Stage
2560 0 0 reset
2561 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2562 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2563 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2564 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2565 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2566 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2567 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2568
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002569 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2570 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2571 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2572
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002573 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2574 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2575 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2576 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2577 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2578 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2579 For example:
2580
2581 bootstage {
2582 154 {
2583 name = "board_init_f";
2584 mark = <3575678>;
2585 };
2586 170 {
2587 name = "lcd";
2588 accum = <33482>;
2589 };
2590 };
2591
2592 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2593
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002594Legacy uImage format:
2595
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002596 Arg Where When
2597 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002598 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002600 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002601 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002602 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2604 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2605 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002606 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002607 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2608 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2609 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2610 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002611 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002613
2614 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2615 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2616 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2617 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2618 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2619 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2620 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002621 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002622 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2623 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2624
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002625 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002626
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002627 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002628 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2629 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002630
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002631 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2632 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2633 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2634 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2635 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2636 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2637 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2638 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2639 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2640 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2641 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2642 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2643 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2644 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2645 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2646 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2647 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2648 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2649 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2650 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2651 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2652 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2653 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2654 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2655 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2656 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2657 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2658 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2659 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2660 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2661 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2662 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2663 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2664 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2665 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2666 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2667 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2668 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2669 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2670 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2671 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2672 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2673 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2674 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2675 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2676 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2677 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002679 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002680
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002681 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002682 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2683 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002684
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002685 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2686 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002687 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002688 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2689 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2690 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002691 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2692 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002693 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002695FIT uImage format:
2696
2697 Arg Where When
2698 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2699 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2700 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2701 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2702 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2703 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002704 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002705 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2706 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2707 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2708 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2709 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002710 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2711 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002712 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2713 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2714 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2715 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2716 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2717 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2718 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2719 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2720
2721 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2722 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2723 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002724 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002725 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2726 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2727 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2728 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2729 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2730 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2731 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2732 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2733 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2734 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2735 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2736 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2737
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002738 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002739 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2740
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002741 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002742 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2743
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002744 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002745 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2746
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002747- FIT image support:
2748 CONFIG_FIT
2749 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2750
2751 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2752 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2753 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2754 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2755 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2756 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2757
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002758- Standalone program support:
2759 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2760
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002761 This option defines a board specific value for the
2762 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2763 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002764 settings.
2765
2766- Frame Buffer Address:
2767 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2768
2769 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002770 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2771 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2772 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2773 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2774 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2775 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2776 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002777
2778 Please see board_init_f function.
2779
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002780- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2781 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2782 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2783 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2784
2785 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2786 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2787
2788- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2789 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2790
2791 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2792 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2793
2794 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2795
2796 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2797 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2798
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002799- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002800 CONFIG_SPL
2801 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002802
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002803 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2804 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2805
2806 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2807 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2808
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002809 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2810 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002811
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002812 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2813 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2814 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2815
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002816 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2817 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2818
2819 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2820 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2821
2822 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2823 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2824
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002825 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2826 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2827 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2828 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2829
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002830 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2831 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2832
2833 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2834 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002835
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002836 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2837 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2838 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2839 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2840
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002841 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2842 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2843 about the running system.
2844
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002845 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2846 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2847
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002848 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2849 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002850
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002851 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2852 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002853
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002854 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2855 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002856
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002857 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2858 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002859
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002860 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2861 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002862
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002863 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2864 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2865 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2866 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2867 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2868
2869 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2870 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2871
2872 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2873 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2874
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002875 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2876 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2877 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2878 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2879 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2880
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002881 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2882 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2883 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2884
2885 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2886 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2887
2888 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2889 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2890
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002891 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002892 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2893 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002894
2895 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2896 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2897 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2898 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2899 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2900 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002901 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002902
2903 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002904 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2905
2906 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2907 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2908
2909 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2910 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002911
2912 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002913 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002914
2915 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2916 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2917 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2918
2919 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2920 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2921 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2922
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002923 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2924 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002925
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002926 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2927 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002928
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002929 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2930 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002931
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002932 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2933 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2934
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002935 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2936 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002937
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002938 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
2939 Linker address to which the SPL should be padded before
2940 appending the SPL payload.
2941
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002942 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2943 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2944 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2945 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2946
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002947Modem Support:
2948--------------
2949
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002950[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002951
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002952- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2954
2955- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2956 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2957
2958- Modem debug support:
2959 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2960
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002961 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2962 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002963
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002964- Interrupt support (PPC):
2965
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002966 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2967 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002968 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002969 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002970 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002971 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002972 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002973 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2974 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2975 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002976
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002977- General:
2978
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002979 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2980 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2981 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002982 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002983 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2984 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2985 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002987 If there are no modem init strings in the
2988 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2989 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002990 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991
2992 See also: doc/README.Modem
2993
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002994Board initialization settings:
2995------------------------------
2996
2997During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2998to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2999before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3000following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3001architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3002typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3003
3004- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3005- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3006- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3007- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003008
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009Configuration Settings:
3010-----------------------
3011
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003012- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003013 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3014
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003015- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3016 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003018- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003019 prompt for user input.
3020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003021- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003023- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003025- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003027- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003028 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3029 booted
3030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003034- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003035 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003037- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003038 If the board specific function
3039 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3040 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003041 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003043- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003044 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003046- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003047 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003049- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003050 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3051 simple memory test.
3052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003053- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003054 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003056- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003057 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3058 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3059
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003060- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3061 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003062 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003063 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003064 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3065 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3066 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003067 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003068 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003069 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003070
3071 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3072 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3073 be touched.
3074
3075 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3076 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3077 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3078 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3079 problems.
3080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003081- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003082 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003084- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003085 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003087- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003088 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3089 Cogent motherboard)
3090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003091- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003092 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003095 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3096 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003097 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003098 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003100- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003101 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3102 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3103 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3104 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003106- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003107 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003110 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3111 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003112 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003113 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3114
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003115- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003116 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3117 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003118 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3119 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3120 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3121 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003122 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003123 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3124 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3125 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003126
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003127- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3128 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3129 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3130 is enabled.
3131
3132- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3133 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3134 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3135
3136- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3137 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3138 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3139
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003140- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141 Max number of Flash memory banks
3142
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003143- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003144 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003146- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003147 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003149- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003150 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003152- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003153 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003155- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003156 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003158- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003159 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3160 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003162- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003163
3164 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3165 without this option such a download has to be
3166 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3167 copy from RAM to flash.
3168
3169 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3170 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003171 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3172 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003173 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003175- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003176 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003177 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003179- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003180 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3181 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003182
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003183- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3184 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3185 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3186 to the MTD layer.
3187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003188- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003189 Use buffered writes to flash.
3190
3191- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3192 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3193 write commands.
3194
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003195- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003196 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3197 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3198 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3199 optionally available.
3200
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003201- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3202 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3203 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3204 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003206- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003207 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3208 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003209 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3210 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003211 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003212 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3213
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003214- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3215
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003216 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3217 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3218 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3219 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3220 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003221
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003222- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3223- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3224 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3225 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3226 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3227 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3228
3229 The format of the list is:
3230 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003231 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3232 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003233 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3234 list = entry[,list]
3235
3236 The type attributes are:
3237 s - String (default)
3238 d - Decimal
3239 x - Hexadecimal
3240 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3241 i - IP address
3242 m - MAC address
3243
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003244 The access attributes are:
3245 a - Any (default)
3246 r - Read-only
3247 o - Write-once
3248 c - Change-default
3249
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003250 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3251 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3252 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3253
3254 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3255 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3256 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3257 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3258 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3259 ".flags" variable.
3260
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003261- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3262 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3263 access flags.
3264
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003265- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3266 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3267 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3268 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3269 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3270 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3271 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3272 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3273 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3274
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003275- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3276 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3277 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3278 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3279 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3280
3281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003282The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3283of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3284following configurations:
3285
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003286- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3287
3288 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3289 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003291- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292
3293 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3294
3295 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3296 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3297 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3298 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3299 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3300 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3301 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3302 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3303 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3304 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3305 between U-Boot and the environment.
3306
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003307 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003308
3309 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3310 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3311 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3312 for this sector is given here.
3313
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003314 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003316 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003317
3318 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3319 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003320 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003322 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003323
3324 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3325
3326
3327 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3328 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3329 the environment.
3330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003331 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003333 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003334 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3336 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3337
3338 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3339 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3340 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3341 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3342 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3343 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3344 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3345 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3346 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3347
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003348 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3349 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003350
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003351 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003352 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003353 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003354 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003355
3356BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3357source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3358accordingly!
3359
3360
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003361- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003362
3363 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3364 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3365 environment.
3366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003367 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3368 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003370 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3372 can just be read and written to, without any special
3373 provision.
3374
3375BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3376in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003377console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003378U-Boot will hang.
3379
3380Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3381environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3382keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3383to save the current settings.
3384
3385
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003386- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003387
3388 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3389 device and a driver for it.
3390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003391 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3392 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003393
3394 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3395 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003397 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3399 The default address is zero.
3400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003401 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003402 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3403 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3404 would require six bits.
3405
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003406 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003408 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003410 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3412 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003415 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3416 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3417 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3418 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3419 byte chips.
3420
3421 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3422 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3423 in the chip address.
3424
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003425 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3427
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003428 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3429 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3430 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3431
3432 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3433 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3434 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3435 EEPROM. For example:
3436
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003437 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003438
3439 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3440 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003442- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003443
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003444 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003445 want to use for the environment.
3446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003447 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3448 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3449 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003450
3451 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3452 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3453 at the specified address.
3454
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003455- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3456
3457 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3458 want to use for the local device's environment.
3459
3460 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3461 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3462
3463 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3464 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3465 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003466 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003467
3468BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3469"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003470environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3471but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003473- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003474
3475 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3476 for the environment.
3477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003478 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3479 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003480
3481 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003482 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3483 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003484
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003485 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003487 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003488 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3489 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003490 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003491 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003492
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003493 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3494
3495 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3496 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3497 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3498 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3499 the range to be avoided.
3500
3501 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3502
3503 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3504 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3505 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3506 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3507 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003508
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003509- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3510
3511 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3512 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3513 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003515- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516
3517 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3518 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3519 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3520 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3521 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3522 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3523 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3524
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003525Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003526has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003527created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003528until then to read environment variables.
3529
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003530The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3531is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3532with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3533necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3534"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3535have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536
3537Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3538the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003539use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003542 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003544 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003545 also needs to be defined.
3546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003547- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003548 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003550- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3551 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3552 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3553 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3554 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3555 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3556
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003557- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3558 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3559 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3560 to do this.
3561
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003562- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3563 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3564 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3565 present.
3566
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003567Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003568---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003570- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003571 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003573- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003575
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003576 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3577 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3578 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003580- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3581 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3582 PowerPC SOCs.
3583
3584- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3585 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3586 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3587
3588 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3589 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3590
3591- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3592 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3593 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003594 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003595 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3596 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3597 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3598
3599 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3600 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3601
3602- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003603 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3604 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003605 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3606 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3607
3608- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3609 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3610 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3611 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3612
3613- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3614 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3615 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3616
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003617- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003618 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003619
3620 the default drive number (default value 0)
3621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003622 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003623
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003624 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003625 (default value 1)
3626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003627 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003628
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003629 defines the offset of register from address. It
3630 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003631 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003633 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3634 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003635 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003637 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003638 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3639 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3640 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3641 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003642
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003643- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3644 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3645 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3646 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3647 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3648 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3649 is requierd.
3650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003651- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003652 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003653 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003655- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003657 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3659 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3660 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3661 will become available only after programming the
3662 memory controller and running certain initialization
3663 sequences.
3664
3665 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3666 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3667 - MPC824X: data cache
3668 - PPC4xx: data cache
3669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003670- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003671
3672 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003673 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3674 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003676 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003677 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3678 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3679 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680
3681 Note:
3682 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3683 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003684 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3686 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3687
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003688- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003689
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003690- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003692- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003694- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003695
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003696- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003698- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003700- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701 SDRAM timing
3702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003703- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704 periodic timer for refresh
3705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003706- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003708- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3709 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3710 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3711 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3713
3714- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003715 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3716 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003719- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3720 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3722 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003724- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3726 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003728- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003729 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3730 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003732- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3734 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003736- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3738 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3739 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003741- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003742 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3743 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3744 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3745 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003747- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3748 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3749 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3750 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3751 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3752 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3753 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3754 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003755 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003756
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003757- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3758 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3759 required.
3760
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003761- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3762 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3763 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3764 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3765 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3766 by coreboot or similar.
3767
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003768- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3769 Chip has SRIO or not
3770
3771- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3772 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3773
3774- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3775 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3776
3777- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3778 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3779
3780- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3781 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3782
3783- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3784 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3785
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003786- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3787 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3788 16 bit bus.
3789
3790- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3791 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3792 a default value will be used.
3793
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003794- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003795 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3796 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3797
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003798 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3799 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003801- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003802 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3803 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3804 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003805
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003806- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3807 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3808 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3809 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3810 header files or board specific files.
3811
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003812- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3813 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003815- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003816 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3817 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003818
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003819- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3820 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3821
3822- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3823 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003824 to the given FEC; i. e.
3825 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003826 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3827
3828 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3829
3830- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3831 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3832 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3833
3834- CONFIG_RMII
3835 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3836 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3837 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3838
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003839- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3840 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3841 The syntax is:
3842
3843 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3844
3845 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3846 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3847 area should have.
3848
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003849- CONFIG_LOOPW
3850 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003851 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003852
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003853- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3854 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3855 "md/mw" commands.
3856 Examples:
3857
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003858 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003859 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3860
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003861 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003862 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3863
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003864 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003865 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003866
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003867- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003868 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003869 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3870 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3871 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003872
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003873 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3874 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3875 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3876 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003877
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003878- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003879 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3880 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3881 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003882
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003883- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3884 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3885 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3886 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3887 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3888 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3889 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3890 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3891
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003892- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3893 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3894 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3895 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3896 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3897
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003898- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3899 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3900 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003901
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00003902- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
3903 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
3904
3905 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003906
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003907Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3908-----------------------------------
3909
3910The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3911loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3912This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3913are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3914within that device.
3915
3916- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3917 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3918 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3919 is also specified.
3920
3921- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3922 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3923 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3924 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3925 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3926
3927- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3928 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3929 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3930 virtual address in NOR flash.
3931
3932- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3933 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3934 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3935
3936- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3937 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3938 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3939
3940- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3941 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3942 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3943
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003944- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3945 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3946 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003947 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3948 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3949 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003950
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951Building the Software:
3952======================
3953
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003954Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3955and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3956all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3957(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3958recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3959which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003960
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003961If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3962have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3963you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3964Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3965necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003967 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3968 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003970Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3971 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3972 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3973 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3974
3975 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3976
3977 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3978 be executed on computers running Windows.
3979
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003980U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3981sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003982is done by typing:
3983
3984 make NAME_config
3985
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003986where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003987rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003989Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3990 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3991 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3992 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003993 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003995 make TQM823L_config
3996 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003998 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3999 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4005images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004007- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4008- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4009- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004011By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4012in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4013this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4014
40151. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4016
4017 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4018 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4019 make O=/tmp/build all
4020
40212. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4022
4023 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4024 make distclean
4025 make NAME_config
4026 make all
4027
4028Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4029variable.
4030
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004032Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4033for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4034native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4038to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4039steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000040411. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004042 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4043 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000040442. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4045 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4046 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
40473. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4048 your board
40493. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4050 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
40514. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
40525. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4053 to be installed on your target system.
40546. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4055 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4059==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004060
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004061If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4062or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004063provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4064the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004065official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004067But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4068cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004069the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4070just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004071for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4072select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4073environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4074you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004076 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004078or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004080 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004081
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004082When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4083U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4084setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4085built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4086<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4087location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4088variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004089
4090 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4091 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4092 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4093
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004094With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4095log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4096during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004097
4098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004099See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004100
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102Monitor Commands - Overview:
4103============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004105go - start application at address 'addr'
4106run - run commands in an environment variable
4107bootm - boot application image from memory
4108bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004109bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004110tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4111 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4112 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004113tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004114rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4115diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4116loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4117loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4118md - memory display
4119mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4120nm - memory modify (constant address)
4121mw - memory write (fill)
4122cp - memory copy
4123cmp - memory compare
4124crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004125i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004126sspi - SPI utility commands
4127base - print or set address offset
4128printenv- print environment variables
4129setenv - set environment variables
4130saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4131protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4132erase - erase FLASH memory
4133flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004134nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4136iminfo - print header information for application image
4137coninfo - print console devices and informations
4138ide - IDE sub-system
4139loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004140loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141mtest - simple RAM test
4142icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4143dcache - enable or disable data cache
4144reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4145echo - echo args to console
4146version - print monitor version
4147help - print online help
4148? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4152========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004154TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004156For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
4158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159Environment Variables:
4160======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004162U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4163can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4166"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4167without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4168environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4169working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4170environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004172Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4173
4174List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004176 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004184 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004186 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4187 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4188 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4189 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4190 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4191 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004192 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4193 bootm_mapsize.
4194
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004195 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004196 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4197 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4198 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4199 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4200 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4201 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004202
4203 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4204 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4205 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4206 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4207 environment variable.
4208
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004209 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4210 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4211 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4214 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4215 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4216 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004218 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4219 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4220 be automatically started (by internally calling
4221 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4224 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4225 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4226 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4227 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004229 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4230 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004231 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4232 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4233 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4234 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4235 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4236 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4237 access it during the boot procedure.
4238
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004239 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4240 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4241 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4242 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4243 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4244 must be accessible by the kernel.
4245
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004246 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4247 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4248 defined.
4249
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004250 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4251 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4252 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4253 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4254 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004256 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4257 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4258 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4259 is usually what you want since it allows for
4260 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4261 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004262 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4264 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4265 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4266 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004268 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4269 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4270 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4271 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4272 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4273 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4278 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4279 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4280 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4281 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4282 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4283 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004285 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004287 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4288 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004290 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004296 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004298 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004299
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004300 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004302 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4303 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004305 => setenv ethact FEC
4306 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4307 => setenv ethact SCC
4308 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004310 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4311 available network interfaces.
4312 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4313
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004314 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4316 When set to "once" the network operation will
4317 fail when all the available network interfaces
4318 are tried once without success.
4319 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4320 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004322 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004323
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004324 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004325 UDP source port.
4326
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004327 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4328 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4329
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004330 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4331 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4332
4333 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4334 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4335 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4336 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4337 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4338 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4339 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4340
4341 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004342 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004344
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004345The following image location variables contain the location of images
4346used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4347not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4348variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4349server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4350loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4351flash or offset in NAND flash.
4352
4353*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4354boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4355boards use these variables for other purposes.
4356
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004357Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4358----- --------- ----------- --------------
4359u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4360Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4361device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4362ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4365updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4366depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368 bootfile - see above
4369 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4370 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4371 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4372 hostname - Target hostname
4373 ipaddr - see above
4374 netmask - Subnet Mask
4375 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4376 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004377
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004379There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4382 as type string and/or serial number
4383 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004385These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4386the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4387once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004388
4389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4393 with the "version" command. This variable is
4394 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004397Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4398only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004400
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004401Callback functions for environment variables:
4402---------------------------------------------
4403
4404For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4405when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4406be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4407deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4408effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4409
4410The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4411U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4412
4413These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4414static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4415in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4416associations. The list must be in the following format:
4417
4418 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4419 list = entry[,list]
4420
4421If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4422Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4423
4424Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4425with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4426override any association in the static list. You can define
4427CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4428".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4429
4430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004431Command Line Parsing:
4432=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4435the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004437Old, simple command line parser:
4438--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4441- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004442- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004443- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4444 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004445 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004446- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4447 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449Hush shell:
4450-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004452- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4453 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4454 until...do...done, ...
4455- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4456 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4457 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4458 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460General rules:
4461--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4464 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4465 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4466 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004469 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4471 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004473Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4474=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004475
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004476Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004477such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4478"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4481MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4482"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004484If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4485in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4486ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4487variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004489o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4490 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004492o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4493 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4494 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4497 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4500 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4501 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004503o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4504 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004506If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004507will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004508may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4509The naming convention is as follows:
4510"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512Image Formats:
4513==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004514
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004515U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4516images in two formats:
4517
4518New uImage format (FIT)
4519-----------------------
4520
4521Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4522to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4523components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4524SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4525
4526
4527Old uImage format
4528-----------------
4529
4530Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4531preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4532details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004534* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4535 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004536 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4537 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4538 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004539* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004540 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4541 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4543* Load Address
4544* Entry Point
4545* Image Name
4546* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4549and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4550CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553Linux Support:
4554==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4557easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4558U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4561special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4562"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4563instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4564serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004566- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4567 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4568 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4571 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4574 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4575 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4576 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4577 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4578 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004579
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581Linux HOWTO:
4582============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4585---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4588configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4589(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4590Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004592But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004594Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4595include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004596Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4597and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004598as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601Configuring the Linux kernel:
4602-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4605device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608Building a Linux Image:
4609-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4612not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4613"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4614U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4615which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4616100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004618Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620 make TQM850L_config
4621 make oldconfig
4622 make dep
4623 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4626encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4627CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4634 -R .note -R .comment \
4635 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4644 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4645 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004646
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4649with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4650combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4651byte header containing information about target architecture,
4652operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4653stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4656print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4659contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4660checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662 tools/mkimage -l image
4663 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004665The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4666from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4669 -n name -d data_file image
4670 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4671 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4672 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4673 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4674 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4675 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4676 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4677 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004678
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004679Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4680address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4681kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4684- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4689 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004690 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4692 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4693 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4694 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4695 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4696 Load Address: 0x00000000
4697 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4702 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4703 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4704 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4705 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4706 Load Address: 0x00000000
4707 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4710speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4711needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4712need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004714 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4716 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004717 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4719 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4720 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4721 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4722 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4723 Load Address: 0x00000000
4724 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4728when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4731 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4732 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4733 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4734 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4735 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4736 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4737 Load Address: 0x00000000
4738 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004739
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741Installing a Linux Image:
4742-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4745you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4750image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4751address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4752specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4753command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4756TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004760 .......... done
4761 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763 => loads 40100000
4764 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4765 ~>examples/image.srec
4766 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4767 ...
4768 15989 15990 15991 15992
4769 [file transfer complete]
4770 [connected]
4771 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004772
4773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004775this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004776corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4781 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4782 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4783 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4784 Load Address: 00000000
4785 Entry Point: 0000000c
4786 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
4788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789Boot Linux:
4790-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4793memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4794of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4795parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4796"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
4798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799 => printenv bootargs
4800 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804 => printenv bootargs
4805 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807 => bootm 40020000
4808 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4809 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4810 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4811 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4812 Load Address: 00000000
4813 Entry Point: 0000000c
4814 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4815 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4816 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4817 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4818 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4819 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4820 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4821 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004823If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4825format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4830 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4831 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4832 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4833 Load Address: 00000000
4834 Entry Point: 0000000c
4835 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4838 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4839 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4840 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4841 Load Address: 00000000
4842 Entry Point: 00000000
4843 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4846 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4847 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4848 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4849 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4850 Load Address: 00000000
4851 Entry Point: 0000000c
4852 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4853 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4854 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4855 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4856 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4857 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4858 Load Address: 00000000
4859 Entry Point: 00000000
4860 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4861 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4862 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4863 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4864 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4865 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4866 ...
4867 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4868 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004872Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4873-----------
4874
4875First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4876titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4877following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4878flat device tree:
4879
4880=> print oftaddr
4881oftaddr=0x300000
4882=> print oft
4883oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4884=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4885Speed: 1000, full duplex
4886Using TSEC0 device
4887TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4888Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4889Load address: 0x300000
4890Loading: #
4891done
4892Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4893=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4894Speed: 1000, full duplex
4895Using TSEC0 device
4896TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4897Filename 'uImage'.
4898Load address: 0x200000
4899Loading:############
4900done
4901Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4902=> print loadaddr
4903loadaddr=200000
4904=> print oftaddr
4905oftaddr=0x300000
4906=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4907## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004908 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4909 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4910 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004911 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004912 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004913 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4914 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4915Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4916Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4917Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4918[snip]
4919
4920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921More About U-Boot Image Types:
4922------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4927 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4928 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4929 the Standalone Program.
4930 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4931 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4932 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4933 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4934 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4935 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4936 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4937 being started.
4938 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4939 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4940 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4941 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4942 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4943 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4946 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4947 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4948 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4949 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4950 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4953 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4954 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4957 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4958 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4959 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004960
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004961Booting the Linux zImage:
4962-------------------------
4963
4964On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4965using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4966as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4967
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004968Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4969kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4970address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4971format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974Standalone HOWTO:
4975=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4978run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4979U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004981Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983"Hello World" Demo:
4984-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4987application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4988It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4989like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991 => loads
4992 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4993 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4994 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4995 [file transfer complete]
4996 [connected]
4997 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5000 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5001 Hello World
5002 argc = 7
5003 argv[0] = "40004"
5004 argv[1] = "Hello"
5005 argv[2] = "World!"
5006 argv[3] = "This"
5007 argv[4] = "is"
5008 argv[5] = "a"
5009 argv[6] = "test."
5010 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5011 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005013 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5016handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5017Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5018The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5019character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5020controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5023 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5024 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5025 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027 => loads
5028 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5029 ~>examples/timer.srec
5030 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5031 [file transfer complete]
5032 [connected]
5033 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035 => go 40004
5036 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5037 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5038 Using timer 1
5039 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041Hit 'b':
5042 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5043 Enabling timer
5044Hit '?':
5045 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5046 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5047Hit '?':
5048 [q, b, e, ?] .
5049 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5050Hit '?':
5051 [q, b, e, ?] .
5052 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5053Hit '?':
5054 [q, b, e, ?] .
5055 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5056Hit 'e':
5057 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5058Hit 'q':
5059 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
5061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062Minicom warning:
5063================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5066"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5067consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5068Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5069especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005070use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5071http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5072for help with kermit.
5073
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5076configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5079 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5080 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005081
5082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083NetBSD Notes:
5084=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5087(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5090NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5091need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5092Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5093attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5094missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5097 # mkdir powerpc
5098 # ln -s powerpc machine
5099 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5100 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5103and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5106stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5107proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5108tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005109meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005110
5111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112Implementation Internals:
5113=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5116implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5117inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5118hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
5120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121Initial Stack, Global Data:
5122---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5125starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5126system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5127This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5128is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5129at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5130options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5131models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5132MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5133locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005135 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005136 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5139 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5140 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5141 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5144 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5145 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5146 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5147 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005148 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5150 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5153 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005154 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5156 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5157 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5158 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005160 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5162 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005163 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5165 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5166 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5167 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5168 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170 -Chris Hallinan
5171 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005173It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5174code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5177 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005179* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5181 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5184 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5187normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5188turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5189simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5190functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5191functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5192the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5193place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5194reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5197relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5198GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5201 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005202 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5204 R5-R10: parameter passing
5205 R13: small data area pointer
5206 R30: GOT pointer
5207 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005209 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5210 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5211 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005213 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5216 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5217 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5218 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5219 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5220 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005222On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005223 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5224
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005225 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229 R0: function argument word/integer result
5230 R1-R3: function argument word
5231 R9: GOT pointer
5232 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5233 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5234 R12: temporary workspace
5235 R13: stack pointer
5236 R14: link register
5237 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005241On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5242 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5243
5244 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5245
5246 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5247 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5248
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005249On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5250
5251 R0-R1: argument/return
5252 R2-R5: argument
5253 R15: temporary register for assembler
5254 R16: trampoline register
5255 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5256 R29: global pointer (GP)
5257 R30: link register (LP)
5258 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5259 PC: program counter (PC)
5260
5261 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5262
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005263NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5264or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266Memory Management:
5267------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5270MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005272The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5273controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5274memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5275physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005277U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5278TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5279booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5280to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005281memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5283Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5286of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5289this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5292 :
5293 0x0000 1FFF
5294 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5295 :
5296 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298 :
5299 :
5300 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5301 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5302 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5303 :
5304 0x00FD FFFF
5305 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5306 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5307 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5308 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005309
5310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311System Initialization:
5312----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005314In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005315(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5317To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5318To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5319initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5320which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5321part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5322the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5325preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5326(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5327on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5328programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5329simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5330banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5333different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5334bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
53350x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5336contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5339and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5340Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5341pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5344until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5345running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5346new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005347
5348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005349U-Boot Porting Guide:
5350----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5353list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005354
5355
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005356int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357{
5358 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005360 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5361 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005364 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005365 return 0;
5366 }
5367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368 Download latest U-Boot source;
5369
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005370 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005372 if (clueless)
5373 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375 while (learning) {
5376 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005377 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5378 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005380 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005382
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005383 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5384 Buy a BDI3000;
5385 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005387
5388 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5389 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5390 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5391 } else {
5392 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5393 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005395 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5396 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005397
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005398 while (!accepted) {
5399 while (!running) {
5400 do {
5401 Add / modify source code;
5402 } until (compiles);
5403 Debug;
5404 if (clueless)
5405 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5406 }
5407 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5408 if (reasonable critiques)
5409 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5410 else
5411 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414 return 0;
5415}
5416
5417void no_more_time (int sig)
5418{
5419 hire_a_guru();
5420}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
5422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423Coding Standards:
5424-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005427coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005428"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005430Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5431MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5432reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5433sources.
5434
5435Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5436Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5437in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438
5439Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5440- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005441- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005443- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5445
5446Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5447with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
5449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450Submitting Patches:
5451-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005453Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5454establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5455may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005456
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005457Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005458
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005459Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5460see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5463it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5466 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5467 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5470 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005472* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5473
5474* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5475
5476* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005477 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005478
5479* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5480 document these in the README file.
5481
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005482* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5483 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005484 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005485 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5486 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005487
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005488 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5489 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5490 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005491
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005492 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5493 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5494 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5495 affected files).
5496
5497 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5498 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499
5500* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5501 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5502
5503* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5504 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5505
5506
5507Notes:
5508
5509* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5510 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5511 for any of the boards.
5512
5513* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5514 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5515 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5516
5517* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5518 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5519 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5520 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5521 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5522 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005523
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005524* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5525 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5526 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5527 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.